1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
30 #include "blockinput.h"
31 #include "syssignal.h"
33 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
34 if this is not done before the other system files. */
36 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
38 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
40 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
43 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
45 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
48 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
49 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
51 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
61 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
62 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
65 #include "character.h"
68 #include "dispextern.h"
70 #include "termhooks.h"
73 #include "emacs-icon.h"
78 #include "intervals.h"
83 #include "xsettings.h"
85 #include "sysselect.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
101 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
145 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
148 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
152 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
155 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
158 static bool any_help_event_p
;
160 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
163 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
167 /* The application context for Xt use. */
168 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
169 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
171 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
172 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
174 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
176 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
177 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
178 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
180 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
182 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
184 static int x_noop_count
;
187 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
188 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
191 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
192 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
196 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
201 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
203 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
204 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
208 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
211 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
212 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
213 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
214 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
217 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
218 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, bool, int, int);
219 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
221 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
222 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
223 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
224 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
225 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
226 static void x_clear_area1 (Display
*, Window
, int, int, int, int, int);
227 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
228 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
229 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
230 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
231 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
232 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
233 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
234 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
235 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
236 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
237 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
238 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
240 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
241 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
242 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
243 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
244 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
245 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
, int);
246 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
247 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
248 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
250 static void x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
251 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
252 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
254 static bool x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
255 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
256 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
257 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, bool);
258 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
259 const XEvent
*, int *,
260 struct input_event
*);
261 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
262 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
264 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
265 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
266 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
267 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
268 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
269 static void x_initialize (void);
271 static bool get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*, Window
, int *, bool *);
273 /* Flush display of frame F. */
276 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
278 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
279 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
280 connection may be broken. */
281 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
285 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
290 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
291 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
292 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
293 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
294 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
297 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
300 /***********************************************************************
302 ***********************************************************************/
306 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
307 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
315 struct record event_record
[100];
317 int event_record_index
;
320 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
322 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
323 event_record_index
= 0;
325 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
326 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
327 event_record_index
++;
332 static void x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*);
333 static void x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*, GC
, XRectangle
*, int);
334 static void x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*, GC
);
335 static void x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int, int, int);
336 static void x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int, int, int);
337 static void x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int,
339 static void x_clear_window (struct frame
*);
342 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*, GC
, int);
343 static void x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*);
344 static cairo_status_t
x_cr_accumulate_data (void *,
345 const unsigned char *,
348 #define FRAME_CR_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_context)
349 #define FRAME_CR_SURFACE(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_surface)
351 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*
352 x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int create_if_not_found_p
)
354 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
356 XExtData
**head
, *ext_data
;
359 head
= XEHeadOfExtensionList (object
);
360 ext_data
= XFindOnExtensionList (head
, dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
);
361 if (ext_data
== NULL
)
363 if (!create_if_not_found_p
)
367 ext_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (*ext_data
));
368 ext_data
->number
= dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
;
369 ext_data
->private_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct x_gc_ext_data
));
370 XAddToExtensionList (head
, ext_data
);
373 return (struct x_gc_ext_data
*) ext_data
->private_data
;
377 x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
379 XExtCodes
*ext_codes
= XAddExtension (dpyinfo
->display
);
381 dpyinfo
->ext_codes
= ext_codes
;
385 x_cr_destroy_surface (struct frame
*f
)
387 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
389 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
390 cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
391 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = 0;
392 if (cr
) cairo_destroy (cr
);
393 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
398 x_begin_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
400 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
405 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
407 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
408 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
410 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
411 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
412 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
));
413 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
414 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
417 cr
= cairo_create (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
418 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
424 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
426 if (gc_ext
&& gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
)
430 for (i
= 0; i
< gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
; i
++)
431 cairo_rectangle (cr
, gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].x
,
432 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].y
,
433 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].width
,
434 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].height
);
443 x_end_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
)
445 cairo_restore (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
));
449 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
454 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
455 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.foreground
;
456 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
457 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
458 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
462 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
467 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
468 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.background
;
469 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
470 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
471 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
474 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
476 static int max_fringe_bmp
= 0;
477 static cairo_pattern_t
**fringe_bmp
= 0;
480 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap (int which
, unsigned short *bits
, int h
, int wd
)
483 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
485 cairo_pattern_t
*pattern
;
487 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
490 max_fringe_bmp
= which
+ 20;
491 fringe_bmp
= (cairo_pattern_t
**) xrealloc (fringe_bmp
, max_fringe_bmp
* sizeof (cairo_pattern_t
*));
492 while (i
< max_fringe_bmp
)
498 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
, wd
, h
);
499 stride
= cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface
);
500 data
= cairo_image_surface_get_data (surface
);
502 for (i
= 0; i
< h
; i
++)
504 *((unsigned short *) data
) = bits
[i
];
508 cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface
);
509 pattern
= cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface
);
510 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
514 fringe_bmp
[which
] = pattern
;
518 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap (int which
)
520 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
523 if (fringe_bmp
[which
])
526 cairo_pattern_destroy (fringe_bmp
[which
]);
529 fringe_bmp
[which
] = 0;
533 x_cr_draw_image (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, cairo_pattern_t
*image
,
534 int src_x
, int src_y
, int width
, int height
,
535 int dest_x
, int dest_y
, bool overlay_p
)
538 cairo_matrix_t matrix
;
539 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
540 cairo_format_t format
;
542 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
544 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
547 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
548 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
549 cairo_fill_preserve (cr
);
552 cairo_matrix_init_translate (&matrix
, src_x
- dest_x
, src_y
- dest_y
);
553 cairo_pattern_set_matrix (image
, &matrix
);
554 cairo_pattern_get_surface (image
, &surface
);
555 format
= cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface
);
556 if (format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A8
&& format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
)
558 cairo_set_source (cr
, image
);
563 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
564 cairo_mask (cr
, image
);
570 x_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t
*cr
, struct frame
*f
)
574 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
575 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
577 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
578 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
579 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
580 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
581 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
584 static cairo_status_t
585 x_cr_accumulate_data (void *closure
, const unsigned char *data
,
588 Lisp_Object
*acc
= (Lisp_Object
*) closure
;
590 *acc
= Fcons (make_unibyte_string (data
, length
), *acc
);
592 return CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS
;
596 x_cr_destroy (Lisp_Object arg
)
598 cairo_t
*cr
= (cairo_t
*) XSAVE_POINTER (arg
, 0);
606 x_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames
, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type
)
609 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
612 void (*surface_set_size_func
) (cairo_surface_t
*, double, double) = NULL
;
613 Lisp_Object acc
= Qnil
, args
[2];
614 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
618 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
619 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
620 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
621 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
624 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE
625 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF
)
627 surface
= cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
629 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_pdf_surface_set_size
;
633 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
634 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
635 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24
, width
, height
);
638 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE
639 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS
)
641 surface
= cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
643 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_ps_surface_set_size
;
647 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
648 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG
)
649 surface
= cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
655 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
656 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
657 record_unwind_protect (x_cr_destroy
, make_save_ptr (cr
));
665 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
666 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
667 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
668 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
669 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
676 cairo_surface_show_page (surface
);
677 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
678 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
679 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
680 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
681 if (surface_set_size_func
)
682 (*surface_set_size_func
) (surface
, width
, height
);
686 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
687 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
690 cairo_surface_flush (surface
);
691 cairo_surface_write_to_png_stream (surface
, x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
);
695 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
697 args
[0] = intern ("concat");
698 args
[1] = Fnreverse (acc
);
699 return Fapply (2, args
);
702 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
705 x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*f
)
710 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
711 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
712 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
713 x_free_cr_resources (XFRAME (frame
));
717 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
721 cairo_surface_t
*surface
= cairo_get_target (cr
);
723 if (cairo_surface_get_type (surface
) == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_XLIB
)
726 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
734 x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, XRectangle
*rectangles
, int n
)
736 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, rectangles
, n
, Unsorted
);
738 eassert (n
>= 0 && n
<= MAX_CLIP_RECTS
);
741 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 1);
743 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= n
;
744 memcpy (gc_ext
->clip_rects
, rectangles
, sizeof (XRectangle
) * n
);
750 x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
752 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
755 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
758 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= 0;
764 x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
769 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
770 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
771 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
775 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
776 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
781 x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
786 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
787 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
788 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5, width
, height
);
789 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
793 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
794 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
799 x_clear_window (struct frame
*f
)
804 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
805 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
809 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
815 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
816 int width
, int height
, int top_p
)
820 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
821 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
822 cairo_move_to (cr
, top_p
? x
: x
+ height
, y
);
823 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
, y
+ height
);
824 cairo_line_to (cr
, top_p
? x
+ width
- height
: x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
825 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
+ width
, y
);
832 CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
, /* 0 -> pi/2 */
833 CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
, /* pi/2 -> pi */
834 CORNER_TOP_LEFT
, /* pi -> 3pi/2 */
835 CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
, /* 3pi/2 -> 2pi */
840 x_erase_corners_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
841 int width
, int height
,
842 double radius
, double margin
, int corners
)
847 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
848 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
849 for (i
= 0; i
< CORNER_LAST
; i
++)
850 if (corners
& (1 << i
))
852 double xm
, ym
, xc
, yc
;
854 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
)
855 xm
= x
- margin
, xc
= xm
+ radius
;
857 xm
= x
+ width
+ margin
, xc
= xm
- radius
;
858 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
)
859 ym
= y
- margin
, yc
= ym
+ radius
;
861 ym
= y
+ height
+ margin
, yc
= ym
- radius
;
863 cairo_move_to (cr
, xm
, ym
);
864 cairo_arc (cr
, xc
, yc
, radius
, i
* M_PI_2
, (i
+ 1) * M_PI_2
);
867 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
873 x_draw_horizontal_wave (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
874 int width
, int height
, int wave_length
)
877 double dx
= wave_length
, dy
= height
- 1;
880 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
881 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
882 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
887 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2);
889 xoffset
= wave_length
* 2;
892 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2) + wave_length
* 2;
893 n
= (width
+ xoffset
) / wave_length
+ 1;
894 if (xoffset
> wave_length
)
896 xoffset
-= wave_length
;
902 cairo_move_to (cr
, x
- xoffset
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5);
905 cairo_rel_line_to (cr
, dx
, dy
);
908 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
915 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
917 struct x_display_info
*
918 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
922 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
923 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
930 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
932 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
933 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
934 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
936 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
940 unsigned int nchildren
;
943 if (XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
))
952 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
955 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
957 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
958 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
959 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
961 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
965 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
970 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
971 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
972 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
973 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
977 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
979 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
982 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
984 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
986 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
987 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
988 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
989 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
991 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
993 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
994 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
995 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
997 /* return unless necessary */
1002 unsigned long n
, left
;
1004 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
1005 0, 1, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
1006 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
1009 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
1011 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
1015 x_uncatch_errors ();
1021 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
1022 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
1023 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
1024 x_uncatch_errors ();
1027 /***********************************************************************
1028 Starting and ending an update
1029 ***********************************************************************/
1031 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
1032 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
1033 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
1034 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
1035 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
1038 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
1041 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
1042 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1045 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1049 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1051 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1052 width
= gdk_window_get_width (w
);
1053 height
= gdk_window_get_height (w
);
1058 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1059 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1060 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1061 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1062 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1063 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1066 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
1069 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = cairo_image_surface_create
1070 (CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32
, width
, height
);
1074 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1077 /* Start update of window W. */
1080 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
1082 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1083 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
1085 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
1089 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
1091 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
1092 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= true;
1094 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
1096 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
1097 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1104 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
1107 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
1109 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1112 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
1114 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1118 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1120 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
1121 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
1125 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
1128 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
1130 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1131 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
1132 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1133 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1134 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1135 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
1136 ? face_first
->foreground
1137 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1138 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
1139 ? face_last
->foreground
1140 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1141 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1143 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
1146 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1147 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1148 x0
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1149 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1150 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1151 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
1152 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1153 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1154 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1156 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
1159 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1160 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1161 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, 1);
1162 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1163 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1164 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
1165 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1166 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1167 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
1171 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1172 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1173 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
1177 /* End update of window W.
1179 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
1180 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
1182 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
1183 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
1184 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
1186 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
1187 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
1191 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
1192 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1194 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1199 display_and_set_cursor (w
, true,
1200 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
1201 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
1203 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, true))
1205 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
1206 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
1208 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
1214 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
1215 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
1216 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1218 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
1220 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
1221 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
1222 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1227 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
1231 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
1233 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
1234 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= false;
1237 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1241 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (HAVE_GTK3)
1242 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1244 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1245 cr
= gdk_cairo_create (w
);
1250 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
1251 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1252 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1253 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1254 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1255 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1256 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1257 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1259 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
1262 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
1263 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
1266 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
), 0, 0);
1271 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1275 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
1281 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
1282 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
1285 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
1288 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
1292 /* Clear under internal border if any (GTK has its own version). */
1295 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1297 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
1299 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1300 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1301 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1302 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
1305 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1306 x_clear_area (f
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
1307 x_clear_area (f
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1308 x_clear_area (f
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1314 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
1315 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
1316 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
1317 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
1318 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
1321 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
1325 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1326 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= true;
1328 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1329 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
1330 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
1331 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
1332 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
1333 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
1334 overhead is very small. */
1339 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
1340 && desired_row
->full_width_p
1341 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
1342 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
1344 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
1347 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
1350 x_clear_area (f
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
1351 x_clear_area (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
, y
, width
, height
);
1359 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
1361 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1362 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1363 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1364 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
1365 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
1367 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
1368 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
1370 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
1372 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
1373 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1374 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1375 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1377 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1379 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
1381 x_fill_rectangle (f
, face
->gc
, p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
1384 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
1388 if (p
->which
&& p
->which
< max_fringe_bmp
)
1392 XGetGCValues (display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &gcv
);
1393 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, (p
->cursor_p
1394 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1395 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1396 : face
->foreground
));
1397 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, face
->background
);
1398 x_cr_draw_image (f
, gc
, fringe_bmp
[p
->which
], 0, p
->dh
,
1399 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
, p
->overlay_p
);
1400 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, gcv
.foreground
);
1401 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, gcv
.background
);
1403 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
1407 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1408 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
1412 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
1414 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
1416 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
1418 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
1420 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1421 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1422 : face
->foreground
),
1423 face
->background
, depth
);
1427 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
1428 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
1431 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
1432 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
1433 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
1434 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
1437 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
1438 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
1439 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
1443 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1444 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
1445 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
1448 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
1450 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
1453 /***********************************************************************
1455 ***********************************************************************/
1459 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
1460 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1461 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1462 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1463 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
1464 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1465 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
1466 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
1467 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1468 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1469 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1470 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1471 unsigned long *, double, int);
1472 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1473 double, int, unsigned long);
1474 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
1475 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1476 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
1477 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1478 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
1479 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
1481 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1482 int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
1484 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1485 int, bool, bool, XRectangle
*);
1486 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
1489 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
1493 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1497 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1499 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1500 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1501 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1503 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1506 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1510 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1511 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1513 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1514 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1515 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1516 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1517 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1518 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1519 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1521 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1522 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1523 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1525 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1526 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1529 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1530 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1531 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1533 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1534 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1537 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1538 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1540 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1545 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1548 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1553 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1554 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1555 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1557 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1559 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1560 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1562 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1563 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1564 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1566 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1567 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1570 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1575 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1576 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1577 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1578 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1580 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1581 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1584 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1585 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1587 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1590 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1594 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1595 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1596 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1599 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1601 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1605 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1606 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1610 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1612 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1614 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1616 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1617 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1619 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1621 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1622 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1624 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1626 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1627 s
->stippled_p
= false;
1629 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1631 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1632 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1634 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1635 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1637 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1638 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1643 /* GC must have been set. */
1644 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1648 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1649 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1652 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1654 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1655 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1658 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, r
, n
);
1663 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1664 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1668 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1673 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1675 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1678 x_set_clip_rectangles (dst
->f
, dst
->gc
, &r
, 1);
1683 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1686 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1689 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1690 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1692 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1694 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1696 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1697 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1700 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1701 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1702 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1706 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1708 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1710 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1711 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1712 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1716 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1717 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1722 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1725 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1728 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1729 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1730 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1731 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1735 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1736 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1737 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1738 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1739 contains the first component of a composition. */
1742 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1744 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1745 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1746 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1748 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1752 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1753 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1754 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1755 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1756 s
->background_width
,
1757 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1758 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1759 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1761 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1762 || s
->font_not_found_p
1763 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1766 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1767 s
->background_width
,
1768 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1769 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1775 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1778 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1782 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1783 of S to the right of that box line. */
1784 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1785 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1786 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1790 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1792 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1794 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1796 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1797 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
,
1798 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1800 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1805 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1806 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1809 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1810 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1812 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1814 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1815 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, false);
1817 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, true);
1818 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1819 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1823 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1826 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1829 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1831 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1832 of S to the right of that box line. */
1833 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1834 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1835 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1839 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1840 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1841 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1842 this composition. */
1844 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1845 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1846 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1848 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1849 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1850 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1852 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1856 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1857 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1858 space on the left or right. */
1859 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1861 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1862 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1864 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, false);
1865 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1866 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, false);
1871 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1876 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1878 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1879 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1880 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1883 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1887 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1888 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1889 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1892 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1893 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1894 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1895 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, false);
1896 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1897 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
,
1906 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1907 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1908 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1914 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1917 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1919 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1923 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1924 of S to the right of that box line. */
1925 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1926 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1927 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1933 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1935 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1936 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1938 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1941 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1942 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1946 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1947 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1948 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1949 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1950 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1951 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1954 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1956 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1957 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1958 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
+ 0u);
1964 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1967 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1968 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1970 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1971 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1973 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1974 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1975 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1977 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1978 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1979 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1982 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1983 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
1984 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1985 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1986 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1987 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1991 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1995 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1996 cannot be determined. */
1998 static struct frame
*
1999 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
2001 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
2002 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
2005 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
2007 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
2008 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
2009 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
2010 x_any_window_to_frame. */
2011 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
2012 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
2014 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
2015 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
2016 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
2020 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
2021 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
2022 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
2028 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2029 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2030 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2031 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2032 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2033 Value is true if successful. */
2036 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2037 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2039 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
2040 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
2043 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
2046 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
2047 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
2049 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
2051 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.screen
),
2053 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.colormap
),
2058 /* The address of this variable is returned by
2059 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2061 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2064 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
2066 DPY is the display we are working on.
2068 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
2069 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
2070 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
2071 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
2073 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
2074 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
2076 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
2077 we allocated the color or not.
2079 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
2082 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
2083 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
2084 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
2094 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2095 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2097 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
2101 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2102 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2103 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
2105 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
2107 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2108 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
2110 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
2112 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2113 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
2115 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
2116 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
2118 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
2119 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
2124 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
2126 params
[0] = color_name
;
2127 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2128 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2129 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
2134 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
2136 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
2138 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2142 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
2146 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
2147 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2150 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2155 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
2156 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
2157 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
2159 APP is the application context in which we work.
2161 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
2162 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
2163 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
2165 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2168 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
2173 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
2175 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
2178 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
2180 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
2181 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2182 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2183 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
2184 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
2189 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
2192 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
2193 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
2194 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
2195 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
2197 static const XColor
*
2198 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
2200 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2202 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
2204 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
2205 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
2208 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
2209 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2210 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
2212 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
2213 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
2215 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
2216 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
2219 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
2220 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
2224 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
2225 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
2228 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
2230 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2232 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
2235 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2237 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2238 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
2239 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
2240 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
2244 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
2248 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
2249 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
2252 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
2254 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
2258 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
2259 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2260 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2264 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2268 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2271 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2272 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2273 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2274 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2276 int max_color_delta
= 255;
2277 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
2278 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
2280 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
2282 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
2284 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
2285 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
2286 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
2287 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
2289 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
2292 nearest_delta
= delta
;
2296 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
2297 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
2298 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
2299 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2303 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
2304 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
2305 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
2306 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2307 XColor
*cached_color
;
2309 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
2310 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
2311 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
2312 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
2313 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
2315 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2316 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
2317 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
2321 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2323 register_color (color
->pixel
);
2324 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
2330 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
2331 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2332 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2336 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2338 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
2339 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
2343 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2344 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2345 get color reference counts right. */
2348 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
2352 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2354 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2355 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2357 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2358 register_color (pixel
);
2364 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2367 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2368 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2369 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2370 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2371 use an additional additive factor.
2373 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2374 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2375 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2378 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2379 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2380 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2381 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2382 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2383 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2386 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2387 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2393 /* Get RGB color values. */
2394 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2395 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2397 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2398 eassert (factor
>= 0);
2399 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2400 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2401 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2403 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2404 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2406 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2407 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2408 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2409 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2410 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2412 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2413 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2414 /* The additive adjustment. */
2415 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2419 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2420 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2421 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2425 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2426 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2427 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2431 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2432 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2435 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2437 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2438 delta to the RGB values. */
2439 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2441 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2442 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2443 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2444 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2455 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2456 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2457 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2458 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2459 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2460 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2463 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
2464 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
2467 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2468 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2469 unsigned long pixel
;
2470 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2471 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2472 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2473 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2475 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2476 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2478 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2479 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2480 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2481 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
2483 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2487 /* Allocate new color. */
2488 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2490 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2491 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2492 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2494 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2496 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2498 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2501 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2505 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2508 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2510 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2511 unsigned long color
;
2513 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2514 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2515 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2517 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2518 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2523 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2524 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2525 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2528 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2529 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2531 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2532 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2533 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2534 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2535 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2540 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2541 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2542 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised
2543 relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of
2544 the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right
2545 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2549 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2550 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
,
2551 int width
, bool raised_p
, bool top_p
, bool bot_p
,
2552 bool left_p
, bool right_p
,
2553 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2556 GC top_left_gc
, bottom_right_gc
;
2561 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2562 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2566 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2567 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2570 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2571 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2575 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2576 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2578 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_LEFT
;
2580 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
;
2584 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, right_x
+ 1 - width
, top_y
,
2585 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2587 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
;
2589 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
;
2594 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2595 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2597 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2598 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 1);
2603 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2604 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2606 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, bottom_right_gc
,
2607 left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2608 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 0);
2610 if (left_p
&& width
!= 1)
2611 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2612 1, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2613 if (top_p
&& width
!= 1)
2614 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2615 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, 1);
2618 XSetBackground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), top_left_gc
,
2619 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2620 x_erase_corners_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2621 right_x
- left_x
+ 1, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1,
2625 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
);
2626 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
);
2628 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2629 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2634 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2636 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2637 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2639 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2640 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2641 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2648 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2649 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2650 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2652 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2653 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2654 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2655 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2662 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2664 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2665 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2667 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2668 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2669 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2670 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2673 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2675 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2677 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2678 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2682 /* Outermost top line. */
2684 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2685 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2686 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2688 /* Outermost left line. */
2690 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2696 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2697 left_x
+ left_p
, bottom_y
,
2698 right_x
+ !right_p
, bottom_y
);
2699 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2700 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2701 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2702 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2708 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2709 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2710 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2711 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2712 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2713 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2716 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
2722 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2723 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2724 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the
2725 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line
2726 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2727 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2730 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2731 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2732 bool left_p
, bool right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2736 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2737 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2738 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2741 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2742 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2746 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2747 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2750 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2751 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2755 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2756 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2758 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2759 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
2763 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2766 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2768 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
;
2769 bool raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2770 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2771 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2773 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2774 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2775 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2777 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2778 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2780 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2782 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2783 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2785 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2787 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2789 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2791 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2792 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2794 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2795 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2796 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2798 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2800 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2802 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2803 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2804 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2807 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2808 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2809 width
, raised_p
, true, true, left_p
, right_p
,
2815 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2818 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2821 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2823 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2824 right of that line. */
2825 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2826 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2828 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2830 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2832 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2833 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2834 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2835 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2841 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2842 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2843 trust on the shape extension to be available
2844 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2846 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2849 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2851 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2852 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2853 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2854 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2855 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2857 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2860 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2861 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2862 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2863 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2864 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2865 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2869 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2871 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2874 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2875 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2876 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2877 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2878 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2879 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2881 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2882 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2883 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2884 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2885 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2886 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2887 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2889 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2890 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2891 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2892 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2893 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2898 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2899 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2900 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2904 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2907 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2910 bool raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2911 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2914 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2916 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2917 right of that line. */
2918 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2919 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2921 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2923 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2925 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2926 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2927 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2928 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2930 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2931 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2933 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2934 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2938 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2939 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2942 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2943 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2945 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2946 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2948 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2949 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2950 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2952 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2953 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2955 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2956 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2959 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= false;
2961 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2962 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= true;
2963 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2964 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= true;
2965 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2966 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= true;
2967 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2968 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= true;
2970 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2971 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2972 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2973 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2977 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2980 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2983 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2985 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2986 right of that line. */
2987 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2988 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2990 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2992 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2994 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2995 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2996 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2997 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3003 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3004 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3005 trust on the shape extension to be available
3006 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3008 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3012 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3013 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
3014 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
3015 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3016 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3018 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3019 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3020 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3021 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3025 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3026 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3027 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3029 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3030 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3031 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3032 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3033 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3034 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3035 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3037 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3038 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
3039 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
3040 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
3045 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3046 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3047 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
3051 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
3052 give the rectangle to draw. */
3055 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
3059 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3060 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3061 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3062 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3065 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3069 /* Draw image glyph string S.
3072 s->x +-------------------------
3075 | +-------------------------
3078 | | +-------------------
3084 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3086 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3087 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3089 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
3092 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3093 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3094 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
3095 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3097 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3098 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3100 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3101 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
3105 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
3106 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
3110 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
3111 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
3112 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3113 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
3114 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
3116 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3117 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3118 s
->background_width
,
3121 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3123 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3125 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3128 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3129 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3130 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
3131 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3132 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3133 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3134 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
3139 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
3141 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3142 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3143 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3144 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3151 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3153 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3156 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
3157 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
3160 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3161 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
3163 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3166 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3169 /* Draw the foreground. */
3171 if (s
->img
->cr_data
)
3173 cairo_t
*cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3175 int x
= s
->x
+ s
->img
->hmargin
;
3176 int y
= s
->y
+ s
->img
->vmargin
;
3177 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3179 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, s
->img
->cr_data
,
3182 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3184 x_end_cr_clip (s
->f
);
3190 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
3191 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3192 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3193 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
3194 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
3197 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
3199 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3201 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3202 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3203 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
3207 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
3210 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3212 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
3214 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
3215 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
3217 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
3218 wide as the stretch glyph. */
3219 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3222 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3224 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3228 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3234 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
3236 int right_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3238 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
3239 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
3240 x
+= background_width
;
3242 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
3243 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3247 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
3249 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3250 if (width
< background_width
)
3253 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
3257 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3261 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
3262 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
3264 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
3270 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3271 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
, &r
, 1);
3273 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
3275 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3276 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3277 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3278 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
3283 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3284 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3285 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3286 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3289 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
);
3292 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3294 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3295 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3297 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
3298 except for header line and mode line. */
3299 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
3301 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3304 if (background_width
> 0)
3305 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
3308 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3312 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
3318 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
3323 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3325 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
3327 x_draw_horizontal_wave (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3,
3328 s
->width
, wave_height
, wave_length
);
3329 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
3330 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, xmax
;
3332 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
3335 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
3337 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
3341 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
3345 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
3346 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
3347 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
3349 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
3352 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
3354 /* Draw the waves */
3356 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
3358 odd
= (x1
/ dx
) & 1;
3366 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
3371 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
3373 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
3377 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
3378 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
3379 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
3383 /* Draw glyph string S. */
3386 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3388 bool relief_drawn_p
= false;
3390 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
3391 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
3392 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3393 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
3396 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3398 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
3399 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
3400 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
3401 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
3403 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3404 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
3405 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
3406 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
3408 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, true);
3409 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3413 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3414 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
3416 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
3417 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
3418 if (!s
->for_overlaps
3419 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3420 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
3421 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
3424 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3425 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3426 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3427 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3428 relief_drawn_p
= true;
3430 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
3432 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
3433 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
3434 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
3435 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
3436 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
3437 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
3439 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3441 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
3444 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
3448 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
3452 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3453 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3455 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, false);
3456 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3459 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
3460 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
3461 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
3462 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3464 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3465 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3468 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
3469 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3470 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3472 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3473 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3480 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
3482 /* Draw underline. */
3483 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
3485 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
3487 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3488 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3492 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3493 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3494 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3495 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3498 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3500 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
3503 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
3504 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3506 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
3507 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
3508 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
3512 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
3513 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
3514 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
3517 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
3518 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3521 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
3522 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
3523 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
3524 specs, and its default is
3526 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
3527 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
3529 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
3530 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
3531 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
3533 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
3535 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
3537 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
3539 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
3540 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
3541 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
3542 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3543 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
3544 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
3545 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
3546 s
->underline_position
= position
;
3547 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
3548 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3549 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3550 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3554 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3555 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3556 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3557 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3558 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3562 /* Draw overline. */
3563 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
3565 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
3567 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
3568 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3573 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3574 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3575 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3577 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3581 /* Draw strike-through. */
3582 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3584 unsigned long h
= 1;
3585 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3587 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3588 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3593 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3594 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3595 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3597 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3601 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3602 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3603 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3607 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3609 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3610 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3611 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3613 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3614 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3615 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3618 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3619 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3620 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3621 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3623 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3624 x_reset_clip_rectangles (prev
->f
, prev
->gc
);
3626 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3632 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3634 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3635 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3636 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3638 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3639 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3640 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3643 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3644 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3645 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3646 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3648 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3649 x_reset_clip_rectangles (next
->f
, next
->gc
);
3651 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3652 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
3657 /* Reset clipping. */
3658 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3662 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3665 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3667 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
3668 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3669 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3670 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3674 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3678 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3684 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3685 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3688 x_clear_area1 (Display
*dpy
, Window window
,
3689 int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3691 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3692 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3697 x_clear_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
3702 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3704 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
3705 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
3706 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3710 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3711 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
3716 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3719 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3721 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3723 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3729 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3730 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3731 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3733 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3734 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3735 redisplay, do it here. */
3736 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3737 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3740 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3745 /* RIF: Show hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3748 x_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3750 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3754 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3755 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3758 if (FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
))
3761 x
->hourglass_p
= true;
3763 if (!x
->hourglass_window
)
3765 unsigned long mask
= CWCursor
;
3766 XSetWindowAttributes attrs
;
3768 Window parent
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3770 Window parent
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
3772 attrs
.cursor
= x
->hourglass_cursor
;
3774 x
->hourglass_window
= XCreateWindow
3775 (dpy
, parent
, 0, 0, 32000, 32000, 0, 0,
3776 InputOnly
, CopyFromParent
, mask
, &attrs
);
3779 XMapRaised (dpy
, x
->hourglass_window
);
3785 /* RIF: Cancel hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3788 x_hide_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3790 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3792 /* Watch out for newly created frames. */
3793 if (x
->hourglass_window
)
3795 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), x
->hourglass_window
);
3796 /* Sync here because XTread_socket looks at the
3797 hourglass_p flag that is reset to zero below. */
3798 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
3799 x
->hourglass_p
= false;
3803 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3806 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3812 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3813 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3814 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3816 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3817 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3818 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3819 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3821 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3825 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3828 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3829 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3830 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3831 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3832 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3833 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3834 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, true, x, y, w, h)
3835 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3836 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3839 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3840 pixels into background pixels. */
3844 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3845 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3846 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3848 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3849 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3853 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3854 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3855 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3856 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3857 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3858 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3859 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3860 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3862 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3863 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3865 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3867 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3868 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3869 width
, flash_height
);
3870 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3872 (height
- flash_height
3873 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3874 width
, flash_height
);
3878 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3879 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3880 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3881 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3886 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3887 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3889 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3891 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3893 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3894 struct timespec timeout
;
3896 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3897 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3900 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3901 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3903 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3904 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3908 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3909 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3911 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3913 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3914 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3915 width
, flash_height
);
3916 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3918 (height
- flash_height
3919 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3920 width
, flash_height
);
3923 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3924 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3925 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3926 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3932 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3934 #undef XFillRectangle
3936 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3947 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
3950 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3955 /* Make audible bell. */
3958 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3960 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3968 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3970 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3972 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3978 /***********************************************************************
3980 ***********************************************************************/
3982 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3983 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3986 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3992 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3995 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3997 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3998 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
4000 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
4001 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
4003 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
4005 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
4006 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
4007 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
4011 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
4012 line at the bottom. */
4013 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4014 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
4016 height
= run
->height
;
4020 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
4022 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4023 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
4025 height
= run
->height
;
4030 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
4034 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
4036 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4037 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4038 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
4049 /***********************************************************************
4051 ***********************************************************************/
4055 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
4057 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4058 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4059 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4060 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4062 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
4063 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
4064 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
4065 because of this (bug#9310). */
4066 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4067 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4068 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
4069 x_uncatch_errors ();
4071 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4072 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4076 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
4078 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4079 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4080 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4081 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4083 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
4084 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4085 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4086 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
4087 x_uncatch_errors ();
4089 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4090 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4093 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
4094 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
4095 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
4096 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
4097 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
4100 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
4102 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4104 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4106 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
4107 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
4108 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
4110 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
4111 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
4113 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
4114 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4116 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
4119 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
4122 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
4123 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
4124 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
4127 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4129 if (type
== FocusIn
)
4131 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
4133 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
4134 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
4136 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
4137 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
4138 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
4139 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
4140 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
4141 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
4142 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
4143 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
4145 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
4146 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4149 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
4152 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4153 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4156 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
4158 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
4160 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
4162 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
4163 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
4165 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
4166 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4170 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4171 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4173 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
4174 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, false);
4178 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
4179 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
4181 static struct frame
*
4182 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4184 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4190 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4193 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4195 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4197 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4198 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4199 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
4200 /* A tooltip frame? */
4201 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4202 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4203 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4205 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4207 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
4209 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4210 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4211 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
4214 #endif /* USE_GTK */
4215 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
4216 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4218 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4223 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
4225 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
4228 static struct frame
*
4229 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4231 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4232 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
4238 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4243 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
4245 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
4246 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4247 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4252 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4254 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
4257 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
4258 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
4259 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
4261 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4262 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4266 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4267 /* A tooltip frame. */
4275 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
4277 static struct frame
*
4278 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
4279 const XEvent
*event
)
4281 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
4282 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4289 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4292 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4294 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4296 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
4299 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4300 if (x
->menubar_widget
4301 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4308 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
4309 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
4312 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4314 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4321 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4324 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4326 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4330 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
4332 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4333 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
4336 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
4340 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4341 /* Tooltip frame. */
4347 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
4349 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4350 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4352 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
4354 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
4355 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
4357 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
4360 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
4361 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4366 switch (event
->type
)
4371 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
4373 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
4375 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
4376 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
4377 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
4378 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4380 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4386 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
4387 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
4388 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
4389 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4393 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
4395 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
4396 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4397 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4404 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
4405 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
4408 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4410 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
4414 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
4415 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
4416 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
4418 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
4419 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
4420 the appropriate X display info. */
4423 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
4425 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
4429 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4431 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
4433 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4435 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
4436 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
4437 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
4438 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
4439 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
4441 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
4442 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4446 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
4448 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
4451 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
4452 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
4453 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
4459 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
4461 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
4463 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4465 int min_code
, max_code
;
4468 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
4470 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
4471 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
4472 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4473 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
4474 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
4476 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
4478 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
4479 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
4481 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
4483 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
4484 Alt keysyms are on. */
4486 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
4487 bool found_alt_or_meta
;
4489 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
4491 found_alt_or_meta
= false;
4492 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
4494 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
4496 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
4500 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
4504 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
4506 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
4512 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4513 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4518 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4519 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4524 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4525 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4526 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4527 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4532 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4533 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4534 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4535 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4539 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
4540 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
4541 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
4542 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4543 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4552 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
4553 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4555 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
4556 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4559 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
4560 make them just meta, not alt. */
4561 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4563 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
4567 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
4570 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
4574 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
4576 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4577 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4578 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4579 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4582 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4583 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4584 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4585 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4586 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4587 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4588 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4589 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4591 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
4592 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
4593 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
4594 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
4595 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
4596 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
4600 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
4602 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4603 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4604 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4605 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4609 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4610 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
4611 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4612 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
4613 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4614 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
4615 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4616 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
4619 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
4620 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
4621 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
4622 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
4623 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
4624 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
4627 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
4630 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
4635 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
4641 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
4643 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
4644 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
4645 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
4646 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
4648 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
4650 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
4651 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
4652 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
4653 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
4654 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
4655 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
4656 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
4657 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
4658 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
4661 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
4663 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
4667 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
4668 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
4671 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
4673 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
4674 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
4675 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
4676 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
4678 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
4682 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
4683 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
4684 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
4689 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
4690 The input handler calls this.
4692 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
4693 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
4694 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
4695 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
4698 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
4701 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
4703 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
4706 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4707 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
4708 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
4709 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
4710 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
4712 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
4714 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4715 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4716 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
4717 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
4722 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
4723 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
4724 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
4725 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
4726 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
4728 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4729 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4730 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
4731 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
4732 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
4733 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
4740 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
4741 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
4743 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
4744 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
4745 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
4746 position on the scroll bar.
4748 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
4749 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
4752 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
4753 was at this position.
4755 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
4757 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
4761 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
4762 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
4766 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
4770 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
4772 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
4774 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4775 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4777 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4784 Window dummy_window
;
4787 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4789 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4790 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4791 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4792 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4793 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= false;
4795 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4797 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4798 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4799 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4801 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4804 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4805 a different screen. */
4808 /* The position on that root window. */
4811 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4814 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4816 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4818 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4819 containing the pointer. */
4823 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4827 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4828 structure is changing at the same time this function
4829 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4831 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4833 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
4835 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4836 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4837 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4843 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
4845 /* From-position, to-position. */
4846 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4850 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4856 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4858 /* From-window, to-window. */
4861 /* From-position, to-position. */
4862 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4867 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4870 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4871 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4872 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4873 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4874 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4882 /* Now we know that:
4883 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4884 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4885 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4886 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4887 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4888 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4889 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4890 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4891 never use them in that case.) */
4894 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4895 want the edit window. */
4896 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4898 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4899 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4902 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4903 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4906 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4907 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4909 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4912 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4915 x_uncatch_errors ();
4917 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4920 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4922 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
, 2);
4926 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4932 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4933 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4937 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4938 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4939 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4940 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4941 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4942 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4943 the frame are divided into. */
4945 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4946 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4947 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4948 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4953 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4954 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4955 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4965 /***********************************************************************
4967 ***********************************************************************/
4969 /* Scroll bar support. */
4971 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4973 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4976 static struct scroll_bar
*
4977 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
, int type
)
4979 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4981 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4982 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4983 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4985 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4987 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4989 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4992 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4994 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4995 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4996 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4997 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4998 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
5001 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5002 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
5003 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
5005 || (type
== 1 && XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)
5006 || (type
== 0 && !XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)))
5007 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5014 #if defined USE_LUCID
5016 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
5017 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
5020 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
5022 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5024 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5025 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5027 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
5029 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
5035 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5038 /************************************************************************
5040 ************************************************************************/
5042 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5044 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, enum scroll_bar_part
,
5047 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
5048 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
5050 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
5052 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
5053 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
5056 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
5058 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
5059 static XtActionHookId horizontal_action_hook_id
;
5061 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
5063 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
5064 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
5065 to avoid jerkiness. */
5067 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
5069 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
5070 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
5071 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
5072 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
5075 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5076 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5079 const char *end_action
;
5082 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5083 end_action
= "Release";
5084 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5085 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5086 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5087 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5090 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5091 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5094 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5096 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5097 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, false);
5098 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5099 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5101 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5104 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5105 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
5107 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5108 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5109 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5111 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5112 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5118 xt_horizontal_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5119 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5122 const char *end_action
;
5125 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5126 end_action
= "Release";
5127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5128 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5129 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5130 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5133 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5134 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5137 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5139 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5140 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, true);
5141 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5142 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
5144 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5147 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5148 set_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
);
5150 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5151 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5152 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5154 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5155 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5158 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5160 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
5161 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
5162 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
5163 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
5166 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, enum scroll_bar_part part
,
5167 int portion
, int whole
, bool horizontal
)
5170 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
5171 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
5172 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5173 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
5174 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
5175 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
5176 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
5180 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
5181 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
5182 ev
->message_type
= (horizontal
5183 ? FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
5184 : FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
);
5185 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
5186 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
5189 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
5190 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
5191 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
5192 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
5193 will resolve such issues someday. */
5194 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
5195 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
5196 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
5197 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
5198 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
5200 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
5201 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5202 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= true;
5203 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
5206 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
5207 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
5208 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
5209 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
5214 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
5218 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5219 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5221 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5225 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5226 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5227 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5228 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5229 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5231 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5233 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5234 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5237 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5240 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5243 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5244 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5245 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5246 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5249 /* Transform a horizontal scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs
5250 input event in *IEVENT. */
5253 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5254 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5256 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5260 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5261 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5262 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5263 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5264 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5266 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5268 ievent
->kind
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5269 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5272 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5275 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5278 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5279 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5280 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5281 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5287 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
5289 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
5291 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5292 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
5293 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
5296 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5298 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5299 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
5300 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5301 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5302 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5306 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
5308 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
5311 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
5313 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5316 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
5318 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5321 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
5323 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5328 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_leftmost
: scroll_bar_to_top
;
5331 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
5333 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_rightmost
: scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
5341 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
5346 portion
= bar
->whole
* ((float)cs
->value
/ XM_SB_MAX
);
5347 whole
= bar
->whole
* ((float)(XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
) / XM_SB_MAX
);
5348 portion
= min (portion
, whole
);
5349 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5353 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
5354 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
5355 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5358 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
5362 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5366 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5368 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5369 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5374 #elif defined USE_GTK
5376 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5377 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
5380 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
5381 GtkScrollType scroll
,
5385 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5386 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5387 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5388 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
5389 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
5391 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return false;
5395 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
5396 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
5397 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
5398 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
5400 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5402 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5403 whole
= (int)(gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5404 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
));
5405 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5406 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5410 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5411 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5412 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
5413 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5414 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5418 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
5419 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5420 ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
);
5423 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
5424 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5425 ? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
);
5428 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
5429 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5430 ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
);
5433 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
5434 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5435 ? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
);
5440 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5442 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5443 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5450 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
5453 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
5454 GdkEventButton
*event
,
5457 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5459 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5461 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5462 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, bar
->horizontal
);
5463 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5470 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5472 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
5473 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
5474 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
5478 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5480 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5481 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
5482 float top
= *top_addr
;
5484 int whole
, portion
, height
, width
;
5485 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5486 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5491 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5493 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5498 whole
= bar
->whole
- (shown
* bar
->whole
);
5499 portion
= min (top
* bar
->whole
, whole
);
5507 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5511 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5513 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5517 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
5519 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
5520 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
5521 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
5522 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
5523 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
5525 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5527 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5530 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5531 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5532 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5533 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
, bar
->horizontal
);
5537 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
5538 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
5539 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
5540 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
5541 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
5542 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
5543 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
5546 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5548 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5549 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
5550 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
5551 Dimension height
, width
;
5552 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5554 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5556 /* Get the width of the scroll bar. */
5558 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5561 if (eabs (position
) >= width
)
5562 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_after_handle
;
5564 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5565 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5566 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, width
/ 20))
5567 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_right_arrow
;
5569 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5571 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5573 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5574 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, width
,
5580 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
5582 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5585 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
5586 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5588 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5589 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5590 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
5591 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5593 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5595 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5597 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5598 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
,
5603 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5605 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
5606 #define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar"
5608 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
5609 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
5613 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5615 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5618 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5619 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5625 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5627 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5630 xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5631 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5636 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5639 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5645 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5646 unsigned long pixel
;
5651 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5652 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5653 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5654 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5655 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
5656 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
5657 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5658 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5660 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5667 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5674 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5675 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5677 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5678 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5680 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5682 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5684 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5686 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5688 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5690 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5693 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5694 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5696 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5697 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5698 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5699 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5701 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5703 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5704 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5705 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5706 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5707 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5708 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
5709 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5710 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5712 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5715 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5719 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5722 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5726 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5728 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5729 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5731 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5734 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5735 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5736 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5738 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5741 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5743 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5746 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5747 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5748 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5750 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5754 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5755 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5756 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5757 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5758 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5759 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5760 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5763 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5764 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5768 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5769 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5770 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5772 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5774 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5777 /* Specify the colors. */
5778 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5781 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5784 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5787 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5793 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5794 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5797 char const *initial
= "";
5798 char const *val
= initial
;
5799 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5800 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5801 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5803 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5804 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5805 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5806 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5807 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5808 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5812 /* Define callbacks. */
5813 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5814 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5817 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5818 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5820 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5822 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5823 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5824 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
5825 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
5827 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5828 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5829 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5830 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5832 bar
->horizontal
= false;
5838 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5844 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5845 unsigned long pixel
;
5850 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5851 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5852 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5853 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5854 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmHORIZONTAL
); ++ac
;
5855 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_RIGHT
), ++ac
;
5856 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5857 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5859 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5862 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5866 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5869 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5873 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5874 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5876 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5877 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5879 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5881 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5883 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5885 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5887 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5889 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5892 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5893 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5895 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5896 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5897 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5898 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5900 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5902 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5903 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5904 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5905 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5906 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5907 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientHorizontal
); ++ac
;
5908 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5909 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5911 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5914 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5918 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5921 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5925 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5927 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5928 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5930 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5933 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5934 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5935 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5937 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5940 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5942 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5945 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5946 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5947 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5949 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5953 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5954 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5955 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5956 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5957 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5958 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5959 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5962 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5963 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5967 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5968 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5969 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5971 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5973 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5976 /* Specify the colors. */
5977 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5980 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5983 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5986 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5992 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5993 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5996 char const *initial
= "";
5997 char const *val
= initial
;
5998 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5999 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
6000 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
6002 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
6003 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
6004 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
6005 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
6006 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
6007 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
6011 /* Define callbacks. */
6012 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
6013 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
6016 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
6017 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
6019 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6021 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
6022 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
6023 if (horizontal_action_hook_id
== 0)
6024 horizontal_action_hook_id
6025 = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_horizontal_action_hook
, 0);
6027 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
6028 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
6029 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
6030 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
6032 bar
->horizontal
= true;
6036 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6039 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
6040 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
6044 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6046 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6050 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6052 xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6055 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6057 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6060 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6061 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6068 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
6070 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
6071 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
6072 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
6073 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
6074 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
6075 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
6076 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
6077 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
6078 its size, the update will often happen too late.
6079 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
6080 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
6081 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
6082 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
6083 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
6091 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6092 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6095 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6099 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
6100 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
6102 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6104 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
6105 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
6106 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6108 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6110 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6116 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6117 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6121 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6123 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6124 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6125 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6129 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6130 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6131 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6134 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6135 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6136 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6137 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6139 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6140 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6141 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6142 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6143 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6146 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6147 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6148 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6149 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6151 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6152 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6155 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6156 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6157 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6159 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6163 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6169 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6172 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6173 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6180 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6181 top
= (float) position
/ (whole
- portion
);
6183 int size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6184 int value
= clip_to_bounds (0, top
* (XM_SB_MAX
- size
), XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6186 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6188 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6194 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6195 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6199 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6201 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6202 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6203 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6208 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6209 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6210 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6213 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6214 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6215 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6216 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6218 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6219 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6220 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6221 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6222 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6226 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6227 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6228 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6229 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6231 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6233 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6234 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6237 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6238 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6239 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6241 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6246 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6250 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6252 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6256 /************************************************************************
6257 Scroll bars, general
6258 ************************************************************************/
6260 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
6261 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
6262 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
6265 static struct scroll_bar
*
6266 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
,
6267 int width
, int height
, bool horizontal
)
6269 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6270 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6271 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
6276 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6278 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6280 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6281 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6283 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
6287 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6288 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
6289 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
6291 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
6292 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
6294 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6296 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
6298 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
6299 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
6300 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
6301 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
6302 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
6304 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6305 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
6306 left
, top
, width
, height
,
6307 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
6314 bar
->x_window
= window
;
6316 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6318 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
6322 bar
->height
= height
;
6326 bar
->horizontal
= horizontal
;
6327 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
6328 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
6331 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
6332 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6334 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6335 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6336 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
6337 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6339 /* Map the window/widget. */
6340 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6344 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6345 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6347 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6348 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6349 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6350 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6351 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6352 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
6353 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6355 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6356 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6357 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6364 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6366 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
6368 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
6369 redrawing it, unless REBUILD; in that case, always
6370 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
6373 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
6374 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
6375 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
6376 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
6377 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
6380 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
,
6383 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
6384 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6385 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6386 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6388 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
6390 && start
== bar
->start
6397 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
6398 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
6399 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6401 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
6402 the distance between start and end. */
6404 int length
= end
- start
;
6408 else if (start
> top_range
)
6410 end
= start
+ length
;
6414 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
6418 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
6422 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
6423 if (end
> top_range
)
6426 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
6427 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
6428 that many pixels tall. */
6429 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
6431 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
6432 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6433 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (start
> 0))
6434 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6435 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6436 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
6437 inside_width
, start
);
6439 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
6440 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6441 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6442 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6444 /* Draw the handle itself. */
6445 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
,
6446 /* x, y, width, height */
6447 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6448 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
6449 inside_width
, end
- start
);
6451 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6452 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6453 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6454 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6456 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
6457 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6458 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (end
< inside_height
))
6459 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6460 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6461 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
6462 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
6468 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6470 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
6474 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
6476 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6479 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6481 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
6482 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6483 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
6484 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6486 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6489 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
6490 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6491 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6493 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6499 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
6500 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
6501 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
6505 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6507 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6509 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6510 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6511 int window_y
, window_height
;
6513 /* Get window dimensions. */
6514 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
6516 height
= window_height
;
6517 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
6518 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
6520 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6521 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6523 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6526 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6530 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1), false);
6534 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6535 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6537 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6541 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6543 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6545 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6547 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6550 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6552 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6555 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6556 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6557 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6558 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6560 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6561 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6562 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6563 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6564 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6565 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6567 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6569 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6578 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6582 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6584 /* Remember new settings. */
6588 bar
->height
= height
;
6593 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6594 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6595 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6596 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6598 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6600 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
6603 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, false);
6606 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
6607 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
6608 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6611 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6613 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6614 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6619 XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6621 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6623 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6624 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6625 int window_x
, window_width
;
6626 int pixel_width
= WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w
);
6628 /* Get window dimensions. */
6629 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &window_x
, 0, &window_width
, 0);
6631 width
= window_width
;
6632 top
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w
);
6633 height
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w
);
6635 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6636 if (NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6638 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6642 /* Clear also part between window_width and
6643 WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */
6644 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, pixel_width
, height
);
6648 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
, true);
6652 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6653 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6655 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6659 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6661 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6663 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6665 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6668 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6669 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6672 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6673 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6674 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6676 WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
), top
,
6677 pixel_width
- WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
), height
);
6679 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
, left
,
6681 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6682 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6683 left
, top
, width
, height
, 0);
6684 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6686 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6688 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
6689 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
6690 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
6693 int area_height
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (w
);
6694 int rest
= area_height
- height
;
6695 if (rest
> 0 && width
> 0)
6696 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6697 left
, top
, width
, rest
);
6700 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6709 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6713 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6715 /* Remember new settings. */
6719 bar
->height
= height
;
6724 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6725 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6726 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6727 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6729 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6731 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, width
);
6734 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, left_range
, false);
6737 int start
= ((double) position
* left_range
) / whole
;
6738 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * left_range
) / whole
;
6739 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6742 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6744 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6745 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6749 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
6750 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
6751 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
6752 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
6753 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
6754 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
6755 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
6757 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
6758 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
6759 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
6762 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
6764 if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6766 if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6768 /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */
6769 Lisp_Object last
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6771 while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
))
6772 last
= XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
;
6774 XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6775 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= last
;
6778 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
));
6779 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, Qnil
);
6784 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
6785 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
6788 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
6790 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6794 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
6795 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6798 if (!NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6800 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6801 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6802 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6803 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6805 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6807 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6808 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6810 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6811 w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6812 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6814 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6815 one or the other! */
6819 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6821 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6822 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6824 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6826 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6827 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6828 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6829 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6833 if (!NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6835 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6836 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6837 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6838 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6840 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6842 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6843 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6845 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6846 w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6847 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6849 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6850 one or the other! */
6854 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6856 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6857 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6859 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6861 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6862 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6863 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6864 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6868 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
6869 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
6872 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
6874 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
6876 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6878 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
6879 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
6880 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
6882 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
6884 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
6886 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
6889 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
6892 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
6893 and they should get garbage-collected. */
6897 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6898 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
6899 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
6901 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6905 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
6907 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6908 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6909 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6913 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, true);
6915 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
6916 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6917 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6918 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6920 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
6921 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
,
6922 /* x, y, width, height */
6923 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
6925 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6926 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6927 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6928 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6933 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6935 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
6936 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
6938 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6943 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
6944 const XEvent
*event
,
6945 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
6947 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
6950 emacs_event
->kind
= (bar
->horizontal
6951 ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
6952 : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
);
6953 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
6954 emacs_event
->modifiers
6955 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
6956 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
6957 event
->xbutton
.state
)
6958 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
6961 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
6962 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
6963 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6964 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6967 = HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
6968 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
- HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
6971 if (x
> left_range
) x
= left_range
;
6974 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
6975 else if (x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
6976 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
6978 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
6980 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6981 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
6982 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6984 int new_start
= - bar
->dragging
;
6985 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
6987 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
6992 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, left_range
);
6993 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, x
);
6998 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6999 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7002 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
7005 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7006 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7007 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7009 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7011 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7012 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7013 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7015 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
7016 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7018 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7023 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
7024 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
7028 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7030 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
7032 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7036 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7037 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
7039 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
7040 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7042 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
7043 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
7044 f
->mouse_moved
= true;
7046 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
7047 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7049 /* Where should the handle be now? */
7050 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
7052 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
7054 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7056 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7061 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7063 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7064 on the scroll bar. */
7067 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7068 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7069 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7071 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7072 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7073 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7074 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7076 Window dummy_window
;
7078 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7082 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7084 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7086 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7087 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7088 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7090 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7093 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7096 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7098 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7100 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7101 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
7105 if (win_y
> top_range
)
7109 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7111 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7112 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7113 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
7114 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7115 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7116 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7118 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7120 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
7121 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
7123 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7124 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7125 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7132 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7133 on the scroll bar. */
7136 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7137 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7138 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7140 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7141 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7142 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7143 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7145 Window dummy_window
;
7147 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7151 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7153 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7155 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7156 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7157 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7159 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7162 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7165 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7167 win_x
-= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7169 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7170 win_x
-= bar
->dragging
;
7174 if (win_x
> left_range
)
7178 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7180 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7181 *part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7182 else if (win_x
< bar
->start
)
7183 *part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7184 else if (win_x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7185 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7187 *part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7189 XSETINT (*y
, win_x
);
7190 XSETINT (*x
, left_range
);
7192 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7193 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7194 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7201 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7202 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7203 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7207 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
7209 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7212 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7213 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7214 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7215 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
7216 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
7217 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7218 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7219 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
7221 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7224 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7226 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7227 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7229 static int temp_index
;
7230 static short temp_buffer
[100];
7232 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
7233 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
7235 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
7237 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
7239 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
7241 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
7243 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
7244 on a particular display. */
7246 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
7248 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
7249 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
7250 We try all the open displays, one by one.
7251 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
7253 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
7262 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7263 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
7264 EVENT is the X event to filter.
7266 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
7268 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
7272 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
7274 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
7275 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
7276 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
7279 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7280 event
->xclient
.window
);
7282 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
7287 static int current_count
;
7288 static int current_finish
;
7289 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
7291 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
7292 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
7293 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
7294 static GdkFilterReturn
7295 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
7297 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
7300 if (current_count
>= 0)
7302 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7304 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
7307 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7308 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
7309 so we do it here. */
7310 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
7312 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
7315 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7320 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7323 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
7327 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
7331 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
7332 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7334 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
7336 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7339 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
7340 enum xembed_message
,
7341 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
7344 x_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, Window window
)
7346 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
7347 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
7348 bool sticky
= false;
7350 get_current_wm_state (f
, window
, &value
, &sticky
);
7354 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
7357 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
7360 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
7363 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
7368 frame_size_history_add
7369 (f
, Qx_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
7370 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
7372 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
7373 /** store_frame_param (f, Qsticky, sticky ? Qt : Qnil); **/
7376 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
7378 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
7379 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
7380 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
7381 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
7383 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
7386 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
7387 const XEvent
*event
,
7388 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7391 struct input_event ie
;
7392 struct selection_input_event sie
;
7396 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
7397 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
7398 struct coding_system coding
;
7399 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
7400 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
7401 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
7402 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
7403 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
7404 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
7408 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7410 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
7411 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
7414 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
7416 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
7417 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
7419 switch (event
->type
)
7423 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
7424 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
7426 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
7428 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
7429 because this could be the shell widget window
7430 if the frame has no title bar. */
7433 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
7434 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
7435 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
7438 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
7439 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
7440 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
7441 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
7442 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
7445 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
7446 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
7447 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
7448 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
7451 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
7452 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
7453 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
7456 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
7457 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
7458 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
7460 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
7461 /* The ICCCM says this is
7462 the only valid choice. */
7464 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
7465 /* This is needed to detect the error
7466 if there is an error. */
7468 x_uncatch_errors ();
7470 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
7475 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
7477 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
7478 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
7479 the session manager, who's looking for such a
7480 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
7481 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
7482 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
7483 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
7484 session manager and one for this. */
7486 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
7489 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7490 event
->xclient
.window
);
7491 /* This is just so we only give real data once
7492 for a single Emacs process. */
7493 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
7494 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7495 event
->xclient
.window
,
7496 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
7498 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7499 event
->xclient
.window
,
7505 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
7509 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
7511 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
7512 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7519 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
7522 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
7525 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7527 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
7528 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
7532 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
7539 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
7543 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
7544 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
7547 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
7549 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
7550 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
7552 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
7553 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
7554 currently never do because we are interested in
7555 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
7556 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7557 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7560 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
7561 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7565 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7566 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
7567 we construct an input_event. */
7568 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
7570 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7571 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7574 else if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
7576 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7577 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7580 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7582 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
7583 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
7585 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7586 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
7587 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7589 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7593 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7598 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
7599 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7603 case SelectionNotify
:
7604 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.time
);
7605 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7606 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
7608 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7609 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
7612 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
7613 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.time
);
7614 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7615 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
7617 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7619 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
7621 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
7622 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7623 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7624 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7628 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
7629 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.time
);
7630 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7631 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
7633 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7635 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
7637 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
7638 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7639 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
7640 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7641 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
7642 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
7643 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7647 case PropertyNotify
:
7648 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.time
);
7649 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
7650 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
7652 bool not_hidden
= x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
);
7653 if (not_hidden
&& FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7655 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
7656 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
7657 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
7658 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7659 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7660 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7661 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7662 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7664 else if (! not_hidden
&& ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7666 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7667 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7668 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7669 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7673 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
7674 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7677 case ReparentNotify
:
7678 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
7681 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
7682 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7684 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
7685 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
7686 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
7688 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
7693 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
7696 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
7698 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7699 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7700 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7701 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7705 #if defined (USE_GTK) && ! defined (HAVE_GTK3) && ! defined (USE_CAIRO)
7706 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
7707 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
7709 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7710 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7712 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7713 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7718 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7719 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7721 #if defined USE_LUCID
7722 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
7723 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
7724 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
7726 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
7728 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
7730 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
7732 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7733 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
7735 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7736 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
7737 event
->xexpose
.window
, 2);
7740 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
7741 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7744 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7745 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7749 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7750 source area was obscured or not
7752 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
7754 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
7755 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
7756 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
7757 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
7758 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7761 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7764 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7765 source area was completely
7770 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
7771 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
7774 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
7777 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
7778 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
7779 the frame was deleted. */
7781 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
7782 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
7783 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
7784 display that won't ever be seen. */
7785 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7786 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
7787 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
7788 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
7789 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
7790 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
7791 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
7792 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7794 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7795 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7796 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7802 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
7803 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
7804 frame is visible. */
7805 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
7808 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
7810 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
7811 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
7812 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
7813 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
7815 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7816 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7817 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7821 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7822 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7824 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
7825 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
7826 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
7827 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
7830 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
7837 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7838 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7840 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7841 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
7842 if (popup_activated ())
7848 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7849 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
7850 mouse highlighting. */
7851 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7853 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
7855 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7856 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= true;
7860 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7863 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
7864 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
7865 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
7866 event
->xkey
.window
);
7867 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
7869 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
7870 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
7873 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7877 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
7878 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
7879 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
7882 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
7883 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
7884 status_return even if the input is too long to
7885 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
7886 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
7887 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
7888 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
7889 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
7890 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
7891 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
7893 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
7895 /* Event will be modified. */
7896 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
7899 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
7900 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
7901 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
7903 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7906 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7907 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
7908 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
7910 /* This will have to go some day... */
7912 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
7913 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
7914 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
7915 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
7916 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
7917 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
7918 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
7920 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
7921 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
7922 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
7923 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
7924 not it is combined with Meta. */
7925 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
7926 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7931 Status status_return
;
7933 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
7934 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7935 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7936 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7938 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
7940 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
7941 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
7942 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7943 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7944 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7947 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
7948 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
7950 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
7955 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
7956 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
7960 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7961 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7964 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7965 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7969 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
7970 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
7971 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
7974 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7975 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
7977 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
7978 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7980 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
7981 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
7983 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
7984 translations to characters. */
7985 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
7986 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
7988 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7989 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
7993 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
7994 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
7996 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
7997 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7999 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8000 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
8004 /* Now non-ASCII. */
8005 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
8006 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
8011 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
8012 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8013 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8014 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
8018 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
8019 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
8020 || keysym
== XK_Delete
8021 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8022 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8023 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
8025 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
8026 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
8028 /* This recognizes the "extended function
8029 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
8030 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
8031 mode_switch incorrectly. */
8032 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
8034 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
8035 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
8037 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
8038 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
8040 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
8041 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
8043 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
8044 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
8046 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
8047 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
8049 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
8050 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
8052 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
8053 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
8055 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
8056 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
8058 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
8059 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
8061 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
8062 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
8064 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
8065 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
8067 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
8068 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
8070 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
8071 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
8073 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
8074 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
8075 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
8076 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
8077 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
8078 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
8079 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
8080 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8081 don't have real modifiers but
8082 should be treated similarly to
8083 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
8084 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8085 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
8086 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
8090 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
8091 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
8093 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8094 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8098 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
8102 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
8104 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
8106 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
8109 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
8111 /* Decode the input data. */
8113 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
8114 which depends on which X*LookupString function
8115 we used just above and the locale. */
8116 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
8117 coding
.src_multibyte
= false;
8118 coding
.dst_multibyte
= true;
8119 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
8120 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
8121 gives us composition information. */
8122 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
8124 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
8126 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
8127 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
8128 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
8129 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
8130 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
8131 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
8134 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
8135 character events. */
8136 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
8139 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
8140 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
8142 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
8143 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
8144 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8145 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8147 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
8152 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
8154 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
8157 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
8158 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
8162 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8163 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8171 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
8173 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8174 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8182 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8183 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8187 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
8188 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
8190 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
8191 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
8192 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
8193 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
8195 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
8196 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
8197 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8198 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8203 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8207 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8208 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8210 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
8213 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8215 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8216 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8217 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8218 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8221 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8222 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8223 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8224 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8225 if (any_help_event_p
)
8229 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
8230 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8231 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8236 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8241 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.time
);
8242 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
8243 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8245 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8246 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
8248 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
8250 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= false;
8251 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8255 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8261 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
8262 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
8263 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
8265 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
8266 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
8267 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, false);
8269 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
8270 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
8271 will be selected only when it is active. */
8272 if (WINDOWP (window
)
8273 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
8274 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
8275 /* For click-to-focus window managers
8276 create event iff we don't leave the
8278 && (focus_follows_mouse
8279 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
8280 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
8282 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
8283 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
8285 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
8286 last_mouse_window
= window
;
8288 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
8289 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
8293 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8294 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8295 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
8296 event
->xmotion
.window
, 2);
8299 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
8300 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8302 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8303 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8304 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8307 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
8308 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8309 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
8310 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
8315 case ConfigureNotify
:
8316 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8318 if (f
) x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8323 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8325 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
8326 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8327 x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8333 x_net_wm_state (f
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8335 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8336 /* Tip frames are pure X window, set size for them. */
8337 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
)
8339 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.height
8340 || FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.width
)
8341 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8342 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.height
;
8343 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.width
;
8347 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8349 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
8350 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8352 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
8353 is called by the code that handles resizing
8354 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
8356 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8357 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8358 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8359 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
8360 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
8361 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8362 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
8364 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
8365 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8366 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8367 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8369 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8373 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
8374 Only get real positions when mapped. */
8375 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
8376 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
8378 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8381 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
8382 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8391 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8392 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8393 bool tool_bar_p
= false;
8395 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8396 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
8397 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.time
);
8399 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8400 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
8403 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8408 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8409 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8410 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8411 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
8414 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
8415 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
8417 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, true);
8418 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
8420 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
8421 handle_tool_bar_click
8422 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
8423 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
8425 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
8428 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8429 if (! popup_activated ())
8432 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8434 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
8435 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8437 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8438 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8440 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
8441 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8444 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8446 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8447 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
8448 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8452 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8453 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
8454 event
->xbutton
.window
, 2);
8456 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8457 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
8459 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
8461 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8462 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8464 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8466 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8467 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8470 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
8472 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8473 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8474 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8475 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
8476 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8477 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8480 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8482 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
8483 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
8484 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
8486 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
8488 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8489 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
8490 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
8491 don't pass it to Xt right now.
8492 Instead, save it away
8493 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
8494 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
8495 if (! popup_activated ()
8497 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
8498 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
8500 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
8501 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
8502 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
8503 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
8504 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8505 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
8506 && event
->xbutton
.y
< FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8507 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
8509 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8510 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
8511 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
8512 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
8513 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8514 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8518 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
8522 case CirculateNotify
:
8525 case CirculateRequest
:
8528 case VisibilityNotify
:
8532 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
8534 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
8536 case MappingModifier
:
8537 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
8538 /* This is meant to fall through. */
8539 case MappingKeyboard
:
8540 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
8545 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
8550 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8552 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
8553 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
8555 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8560 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
8562 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
8567 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
8572 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8578 any_help_event_p
= true;
8579 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
8580 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
8584 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8585 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
8594 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
8595 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
8596 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
8598 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
8600 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
8602 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8603 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
8605 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
8608 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
8613 /* Read events coming from the X server.
8614 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8616 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8617 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
8618 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
8622 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
8625 bool event_found
= false;
8626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
8630 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
8631 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
8633 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
8634 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
8638 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8643 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8646 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
8647 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
8652 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
8654 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8660 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
8661 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
8662 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
8663 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
8665 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
8666 from all displays. */
8668 while (gtk_events_pending ())
8670 current_count
= count
;
8671 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
8673 gtk_main_iteration ();
8675 count
= current_count
;
8677 current_hold_quit
= 0;
8679 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8682 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8684 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
8685 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
8688 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
8689 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
8690 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
8692 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
8696 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
8697 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
8699 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
8701 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
8702 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
8706 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
8707 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
8708 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
8710 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
8711 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
8722 /***********************************************************************
8724 ***********************************************************************/
8726 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8727 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8729 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8730 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8731 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8734 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
8735 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
8737 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8738 XRectangle clip_rect
;
8739 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
8741 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
8743 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
8744 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
8745 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
8746 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
8747 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
8749 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
, &clip_rect
, 1);
8753 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8756 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
8758 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8759 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8760 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8763 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8766 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8767 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8768 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8769 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8772 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
8773 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
8774 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1;
8776 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
8777 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
8778 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8779 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
8780 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8782 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8783 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8784 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8786 /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the
8787 glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider
8788 (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */
8789 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8790 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> wd
)
8792 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- wd
;
8796 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
8797 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8798 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
8799 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8803 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8805 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8806 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8807 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8811 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
8813 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8814 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8816 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8817 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8819 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8820 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8823 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8824 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8825 the bar might not be in the window. */
8826 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8828 struct glyph_row
*r
;
8829 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8830 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8834 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8835 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8836 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8837 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
8838 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
8841 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
8842 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
8843 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
8844 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
8845 that the glyph is legible. */
8846 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
8847 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
8849 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8850 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
8853 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8856 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8857 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
8860 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8862 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
8864 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8867 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
8868 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
8870 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
8872 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
8873 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
8874 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
8875 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
8877 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8878 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8879 width
, row
->height
);
8881 else /* HBAR_CURSOR */
8883 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
8884 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8887 width
= row
->height
;
8889 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
8891 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
8892 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
8894 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8895 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1)
8896 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- w
->phys_cursor_width
+ 1;
8897 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8898 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
8899 row
->height
- width
),
8900 w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1, width
);
8903 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8908 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
8911 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
8913 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
8914 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
8915 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
8916 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
8920 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
8923 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
8925 x_clear_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
8927 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
8928 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8929 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
8934 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
8937 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
8938 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
8939 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
8941 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8945 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
8946 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= true;
8948 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
8949 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
8950 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
8951 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
8953 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= true;
8954 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
8958 switch (cursor_type
)
8960 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
8961 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
8964 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
8965 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8969 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
8973 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
8977 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
8986 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
8987 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
8988 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
8992 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8998 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
9001 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
9003 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
9005 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9008 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
9009 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9010 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9011 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9016 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
9017 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
9018 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
9020 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9021 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
9022 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
9026 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
9027 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
9033 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
9034 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
9036 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
9040 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
9042 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
9044 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9048 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
9051 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
9052 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
9056 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9057 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9061 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
9062 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
9063 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
9064 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
9065 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9067 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
9070 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
9071 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
9077 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
9078 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
9081 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
9083 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9088 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
9089 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
9091 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
9092 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
9095 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9096 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9097 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9098 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
9103 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
9105 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
9106 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
9108 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
9109 be called from a signal handler.
9112 struct x_error_message_stack
{
9113 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9115 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
9117 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
9119 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
9120 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
9121 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
9124 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9126 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
9127 x_error_message
->string
,
9128 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9131 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
9132 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
9135 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
9136 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
9137 stored in *x_error_message.
9139 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
9140 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
9142 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
9145 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9147 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
9149 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
9153 data
->string
[0] = 0;
9154 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
9155 x_error_message
= data
;
9158 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9159 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
9162 x_uncatch_errors (void)
9164 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9168 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
9169 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
9170 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
9171 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
9173 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9174 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9179 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
9180 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
9181 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
9184 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
9186 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9189 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
9191 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9192 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9193 x_uncatch_errors ();
9194 error (format
, string
);
9198 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
9199 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9202 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
9204 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9207 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
9210 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9213 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9215 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
9219 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
9220 * idea. --lorentey */
9221 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
9224 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
9226 while (x_error_message
)
9227 x_uncatch_errors ();
9232 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
9235 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
9240 /************************************************************************
9242 ************************************************************************/
9244 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
9246 static char *error_msg
;
9248 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
9249 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
9252 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
9254 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
9255 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9256 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9258 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
9259 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
9261 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
9262 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
9266 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
9268 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
9269 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
9272 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
9273 that are on the dead display. */
9274 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9276 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
9278 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
9279 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9280 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
9281 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
9282 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9283 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9286 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
9287 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
9288 for another frame that we need to delete. */
9289 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9290 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9291 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9293 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
9294 trying to find a replacement. */
9295 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
9296 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9299 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
9300 first place, so don't try to close it. */
9303 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
9304 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
9305 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
9307 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
9308 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
9309 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
9310 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
9311 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
9312 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
9313 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
9314 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
9315 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
9318 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9320 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
9321 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9323 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9324 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
9325 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
9326 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
9331 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
9332 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
9336 if (terminal_list
== 0)
9338 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
9339 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
9343 totally_unblock_input ();
9345 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
9346 clear_waiting_for_input ();
9348 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
9349 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
9351 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
9352 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
9353 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
9354 error ("%s", error_msg
);
9357 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
9358 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
9359 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
9361 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
9362 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
9365 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9367 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
9368 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
9369 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
9375 if (x_error_message
)
9376 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
9378 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
9382 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
9383 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
9384 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9386 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
9388 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
9389 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
9391 static void NO_INLINE
9392 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9394 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
9396 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
9397 or colors that are not defined. */
9399 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
9402 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
9403 original error handler. */
9405 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
9406 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
9407 buf
, event
->request_code
);
9408 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
9412 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
9413 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
9414 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9417 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
9421 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
9422 DisplayString (display
));
9423 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
9427 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9429 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
9430 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
9431 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
9435 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
9437 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
9441 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
9442 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
9443 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
9444 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
9448 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
9449 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
9450 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
9451 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9453 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9454 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9457 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
9459 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
9461 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9462 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9463 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
9464 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9466 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9468 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
9470 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
9471 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
9472 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
9473 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9474 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
9475 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 3,
9481 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
9484 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
9493 /***********************************************************************
9495 ***********************************************************************/
9501 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
9502 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
9503 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
9506 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9508 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
9509 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9513 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
9514 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9516 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9517 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
9519 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
9520 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
9524 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
9525 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9526 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9530 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
9532 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9533 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
9536 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9544 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9545 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
9552 XIMCallback destroy
;
9555 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
9556 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
9559 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
9560 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
9561 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
9567 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9568 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9572 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9574 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
9575 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
9576 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
9577 when the callback was registered. */
9580 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9582 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
9583 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
9585 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
9589 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9591 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
9592 as they have no XIC. */
9593 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
9595 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9598 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9600 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9603 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
9604 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
9606 create_frame_xic (f
);
9607 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
9608 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
9609 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
9611 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
9612 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
9621 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9624 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9625 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
9626 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
9627 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
9630 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9632 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9636 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9637 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
9640 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
9641 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
9642 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
9643 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
9644 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9645 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9646 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
9647 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
9648 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9649 eassert (ret
== True
);
9650 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9651 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
9652 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9654 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9658 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
9661 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9666 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9667 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
9669 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9671 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
9672 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9673 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9674 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9675 eassert (ret
== True
);
9677 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9679 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9680 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9681 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9682 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9683 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9685 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9688 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9692 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9693 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9696 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
9698 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
9700 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
9701 is already for the top-left corner. */
9702 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
9705 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9706 position that fits on the screen. */
9707 if (flags
& XNegative
)
9708 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9709 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
9712 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9714 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
9715 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
9716 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
9718 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
9719 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
9720 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
9721 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
9724 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
9725 2000-12-01, gerd. */
9727 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
9730 if (flags
& YNegative
)
9731 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9732 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
9735 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9736 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9737 so the flags should correspond. */
9738 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9741 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9742 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9743 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9744 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9745 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9748 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
9750 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
9752 if (change_gravity
> 0)
9756 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9758 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
9760 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
9761 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9763 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
9766 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
9768 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9769 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9771 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
9773 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
9774 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
9775 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
9776 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9777 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9780 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9781 modified_left
, modified_top
);
9783 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
9784 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
);
9786 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
9787 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
9788 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
9789 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
9792 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
9793 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
9794 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
9796 if (change_gravity
!= 0
9797 && (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
9798 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
9799 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
9800 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
9801 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
9806 /* Return true if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
9807 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
9808 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
9809 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9810 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
9813 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
9816 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9817 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9819 Window wmcheck_window
;
9820 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9821 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
9822 int max_len
= 65536;
9823 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9824 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9825 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
9829 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9830 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9831 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
9832 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9833 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9834 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9836 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9838 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9839 x_uncatch_errors ();
9844 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
9847 /* Check if window exists. */
9848 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
9850 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9852 x_uncatch_errors ();
9857 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
9859 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
9860 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
9861 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
9862 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
9863 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
9864 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
9866 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9868 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9869 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
9870 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9871 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9872 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9874 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9876 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9877 x_uncatch_errors ();
9882 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
9883 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
9884 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
9889 for (i
= 0; !ret
&& i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
9890 ret
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
9892 x_uncatch_errors ();
9899 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, bool add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
9901 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
9903 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9904 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9906 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
9910 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
9912 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
9917 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
9920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9922 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9924 set_wm_state (frame
, !NILP (new_value
),
9925 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
9928 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
9929 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
9930 Set *STICKY to the sticky state.
9932 Return true iff we are not hidden. */
9935 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
9941 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9942 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9943 bool is_hidden
= false;
9944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9945 long max_len
= 65536;
9946 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9947 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9948 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9951 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
9954 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9955 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9956 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9957 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9958 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9960 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9962 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9963 x_uncatch_errors ();
9965 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
9968 x_uncatch_errors ();
9970 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
9972 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
9973 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
9975 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
9977 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
9978 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9980 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
9982 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
9984 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
9985 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9987 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
9989 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
9990 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
9991 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
9995 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10000 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
10003 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10005 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10006 bool have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
10010 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
10012 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
10013 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
10014 if (!have_net_atom
)
10015 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
10017 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
10021 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10023 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
10024 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
10025 are sent at once. */
10026 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10028 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10029 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10030 set_wm_state (frame
, true, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10033 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10034 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10036 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10037 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10038 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10039 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10040 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10044 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
10045 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10046 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10047 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10048 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10049 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10050 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10053 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10054 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10056 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10057 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10058 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10059 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10060 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10064 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
10065 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10066 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10067 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
10068 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10069 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10070 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10073 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10074 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10076 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10077 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
10078 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10079 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10080 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10082 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10084 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10085 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10086 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10087 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10088 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10090 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10092 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10093 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10094 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10095 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10096 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10100 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10101 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10103 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10104 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10105 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10106 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10107 set_wm_state (frame
, true, None
,
10108 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10110 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10111 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10112 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10115 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
10116 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10117 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10120 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10121 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10122 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10125 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10129 return have_net_atom
;
10133 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
10135 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10138 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10146 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
10148 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10150 bool sticky
= false;
10151 bool not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
10156 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10159 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10160 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10162 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10165 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10170 frame_size_history_add
10171 (f
, Qx_handle_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
10172 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
10174 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10175 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10180 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10181 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10183 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10185 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
10188 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10189 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
10191 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
10192 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
10193 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
10195 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
10197 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10200 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10202 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
10203 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10204 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10205 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10206 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10208 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10209 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10210 height
= height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10212 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10213 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10216 frame_size_history_add
10217 (f
, Qx_check_fullscreen
, width
, height
, Qnil
);
10219 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10222 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10223 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10226 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
- FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
),
10227 false, true, false, true);
10233 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
10234 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
10235 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
10236 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
10237 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
10238 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
10239 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
10242 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
10244 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10246 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
10247 window manager window around the frame. */
10249 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10251 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
10253 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
10258 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
10259 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
10260 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
10262 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
10264 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
10265 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
10267 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10268 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
10270 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, false);
10273 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
10274 frame's position. */
10276 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
10280 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
10281 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
10282 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
10283 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
10284 of an exact comparison. */
10287 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, bool fuzzy
)
10291 while (count
++ < 50)
10293 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10295 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
10296 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
10299 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10300 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10304 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
10307 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
10308 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
10311 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
10315 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
10316 will then return up-to-date position info. */
10318 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000000, 0, false, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
10322 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
10324 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
10326 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
10329 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
10330 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10332 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
10334 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
10335 Maybe it should be configurable. */
10336 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10337 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
10339 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
10341 pending_signals
= true;
10342 totally_unblock_input ();
10343 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
10345 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
10350 time_now
= current_timespec ();
10351 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
10354 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
10355 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
10356 break; /* Timeout */
10359 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
10363 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to WIDTH/HEIGHT in the case F
10364 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to
10365 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
10366 size changes. Otherwise leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10369 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10370 int width
, int height
)
10372 int pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
);
10373 int pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
10374 int old_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10375 int old_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10376 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
10378 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10379 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10381 /* When the frame is fullheight and we only want to change the width
10382 or it is fullwidth and we only want to change the height we should
10383 be able to preserve the fullscreen property. However, due to the
10384 fact that we have to send a resize request anyway, the window
10385 manager will abolish it. At least the respective size should
10386 remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will
10388 if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
) && width
== FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
))
10390 frame_size_history_add
10391 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_1
, width
, height
,
10392 list2 (make_number (old_height
),
10393 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10395 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10396 old_width
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10398 else if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullheight
) && height
== FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
))
10400 frame_size_history_add
10401 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_2
, width
, height
,
10402 list2 (make_number (old_width
), make_number (pixelwidth
)));
10404 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10405 pixelwidth
, old_height
);
10410 frame_size_history_add
10411 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_3
, width
, height
,
10412 list2 (make_number (pixelwidth
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
)),
10413 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
10414 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10416 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10417 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10423 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10424 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10425 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10426 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10427 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10429 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10430 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10431 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10432 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10434 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10435 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10436 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10437 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10438 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10440 Pass true for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10443 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
10444 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
10445 for the ConfigureNotify. */
10446 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10448 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10450 if (!NILP (fullscreen
))
10451 /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */
10453 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10454 x_set_fullscreen (f
, fullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10459 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
10465 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10466 If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to top-left-corner window gravity
10467 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10468 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10471 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10472 int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
10476 /* The following breaks our calculations. If it's really needed,
10477 think of something else. */
10479 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
10481 int text_width
, text_height
;
10483 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
10484 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
10485 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
10486 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
10487 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
10488 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
10489 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
10490 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10491 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10492 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
10494 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10496 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
10497 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
10499 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, false, true, false, true);
10503 /* Pixelize width and height, if necessary. */
10506 width
= width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10507 height
= height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10511 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
10512 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
10514 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10515 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10516 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10517 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
10518 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10520 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10521 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
10523 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10524 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10525 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10526 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10527 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10531 do_pending_window_change (false);
10534 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
10537 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
10541 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10542 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
10546 /* Raise frame F. */
10549 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10552 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10553 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10554 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10558 /* Lower frame F. */
10561 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10563 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10566 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10567 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10572 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
10575 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
10577 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
10578 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
10579 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10580 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
10581 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
10584 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
10587 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10589 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
10590 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
10592 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10594 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
10597 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10598 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10599 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
10601 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
10606 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, bool raise_flag
)
10614 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10616 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
10618 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10620 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
10623 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
10625 unsigned long data
[2];
10626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10628 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
10631 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10632 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
10633 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
10635 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
10638 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
10639 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
10643 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10644 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
10645 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
10646 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10647 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
10648 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
10649 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
10650 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
10651 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
10653 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
10654 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
10655 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10658 /* Change of visibility. */
10660 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10661 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10662 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10663 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10664 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10665 finishes with it. */
10668 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
10670 int original_top
, original_left
;
10675 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10677 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10679 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10680 call x_set_offset a second time
10681 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10682 before the window gets really visible. */
10683 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10684 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10685 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
10686 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10688 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= true;
10690 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10691 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
10692 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10693 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10694 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10697 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10698 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10700 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10702 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10703 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10705 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10706 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10708 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10709 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10710 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10713 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10715 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10716 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10717 so that incoming events are handled. */
10720 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
10721 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
10722 will set it when they are handled. */
10723 bool previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
10725 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
10726 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
10728 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10731 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
10733 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
10734 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
10735 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
10736 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
10738 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
10739 because the window manager may choose the position
10740 and we don't want to override it. */
10742 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10743 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10744 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10745 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
10746 && previously_visible
)
10750 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
10754 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
10755 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
10756 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
10757 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
10758 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
10759 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
10760 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
10761 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10762 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
10764 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
10765 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10766 original_left
, original_top
);
10771 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10773 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
10774 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10776 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10779 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
10780 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
10781 Prevent an endless loop. */
10782 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
10785 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
10786 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
10788 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
10789 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
10790 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
10791 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
10792 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
10794 if (input_polling_used ())
10796 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
10797 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
10798 handler reset it. */
10799 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
10800 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
10801 poll_for_input_1 ();
10802 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
10805 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10808 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
10809 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10815 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10817 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10820 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
10824 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
10825 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10827 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10828 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10829 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10833 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
10834 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
10835 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
10836 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
10837 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
10838 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, true);
10841 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10842 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10845 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10846 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
10851 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
10852 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
10855 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
10859 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10860 just by the event that we get from the server.
10861 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10862 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10863 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10864 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10865 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
10872 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10875 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10877 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10881 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10882 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10883 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10885 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10890 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10892 #if defined (USE_GTK)
10893 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10895 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10896 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10898 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10899 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10900 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10906 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10908 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10910 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10911 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10912 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10913 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10914 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
10915 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
10916 so we have to record it here. */
10917 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10918 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10923 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10924 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
10925 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
10929 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10931 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10932 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10935 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10937 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10939 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
10940 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
10941 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10942 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10943 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10944 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10946 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
10947 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
10949 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
10950 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
10954 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
10955 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10956 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
10957 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10958 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
10960 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10961 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
10963 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
10967 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10971 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
10973 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10975 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10977 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
10978 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10981 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10982 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10984 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10986 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10990 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10993 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
10995 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10996 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10997 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10999 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
11004 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11005 commands to the X server. */
11006 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
11008 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
11009 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
11010 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
11011 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
11013 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
11014 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
11016 free_frame_faces (f
);
11018 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
11019 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
11021 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11022 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
11023 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
11024 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
11025 toolkit scroll bars. */
11026 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
11028 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
11029 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
11035 free_frame_xic (f
);
11038 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
11039 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11040 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11042 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11043 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
11045 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
11046 we are using a toolkit. */
11047 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11048 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11050 free_frame_menubar (f
);
11052 if (f
->shell_position
)
11053 xfree (f
->shell_position
);
11054 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11057 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
11058 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11060 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11061 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11062 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11064 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11065 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11066 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
11067 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
11068 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
11069 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
11071 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
11072 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
11073 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
11074 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
11075 #if defined (USE_LUCID) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
11076 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
11077 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11078 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
11079 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11080 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
11081 #endif /* USE_LUCID && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11082 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11083 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
11084 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11085 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
11089 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
11090 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
11092 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
11093 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
11095 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
11097 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
11098 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
11101 /* Free cursors. */
11102 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
11103 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
11104 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
11105 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
11106 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
11107 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
11108 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
11109 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
11110 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
11111 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
11112 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11113 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
11114 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11115 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
11117 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11120 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
11121 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
11122 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
11124 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11125 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11126 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
11127 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11128 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
11129 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11130 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11131 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
11137 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
11140 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
11142 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11144 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11145 commands to the X server. */
11146 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
11147 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
11149 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
11153 /* Setting window manager hints. */
11155 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
11156 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
11157 that the window now has.
11158 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
11159 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
11160 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
11164 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
11166 XSizeHints size_hints
;
11167 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11172 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11173 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11175 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11180 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
11181 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
11183 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
11184 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
11186 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11187 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11189 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11190 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11192 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11193 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11194 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11195 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11197 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
11199 int base_width
, base_height
;
11200 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
11202 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11203 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11205 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
11206 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
11207 frame size very small. */
11209 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
11210 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
11213 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
11214 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
11215 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
11216 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
11217 zero-row, zero-column frame.
11219 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
11220 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
11221 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
11223 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
11224 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
11225 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
11226 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11227 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11230 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
11233 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11238 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
11239 long supplied_return
;
11242 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
11246 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11251 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
11252 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
11253 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
11254 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
11255 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
11256 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11257 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
11258 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
11265 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
11266 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
11270 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
11271 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11273 #endif /* PWinGravity */
11275 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11277 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
11279 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11282 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
11284 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11287 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
11288 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11289 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11290 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11292 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
11293 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
11295 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11296 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11300 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
11302 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
11304 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
11305 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11310 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
11311 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
11312 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
11313 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
11317 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
11325 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
11329 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
11333 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
11334 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11335 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
11336 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11339 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11341 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
11342 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11344 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11348 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
11350 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11352 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
11353 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
11354 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
11356 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11360 /***********************************************************************
11362 ***********************************************************************/
11366 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
11370 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
11372 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
11373 if (font
->driver
->check
)
11374 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
11377 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11380 /***********************************************************************
11382 ***********************************************************************/
11384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11385 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
11386 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11387 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
11389 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
11390 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11391 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11393 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11394 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11395 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11396 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11397 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11398 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11399 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
11402 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
11404 static bool x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
11406 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11408 static int x_initialized
;
11410 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
11411 the screen number from the server number. */
11413 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
11415 bool seen_colon
= false;
11416 Lisp_Object sysname
= Fsystem_name ();
11417 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (sysname
);
11418 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (sysname
);
11419 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
11421 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
11422 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
11423 length_until_period
++;
11425 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
11426 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
11428 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
11430 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
11431 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11432 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11433 name1
+= system_name_length
;
11434 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11435 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11436 name2
+= system_name_length
;
11437 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
11438 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11439 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11440 name1
+= length_until_period
;
11441 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11442 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11443 name2
+= length_until_period
;
11445 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
11449 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
11453 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
11454 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
11457 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
11458 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
11461 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
11466 while (!(mask
& 1))
11482 /* Return true iff display DISPLAY is available for use.
11483 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11486 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
11488 /* XOpenDisplay fails if it gets a signal. Block SIGIO which may arrive. */
11489 unrequest_sigio ();
11490 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11494 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11500 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
11501 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
11503 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
11504 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
11508 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
11511 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11513 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11514 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
11519 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11520 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
11521 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
11525 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
11526 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
11527 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
11528 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
11530 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
11533 x_uncatch_errors ();
11538 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
11541 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
11545 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
11548 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11551 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
11554 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11558 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11560 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11561 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11564 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11567 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
11570 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11572 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
11574 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11575 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
11577 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11578 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
11579 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11582 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
11585 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11587 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
11588 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
11589 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
11590 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11593 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11594 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
11598 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
11599 connection established. */
11600 static unsigned x_display_id
;
11602 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11603 the structure that describes the open display.
11604 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11606 struct x_display_info
*
11607 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
11610 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11611 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11617 if (!x_initialized
)
11623 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
11624 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
11628 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11630 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11631 char **argv2
= argv
;
11634 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11636 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
11640 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
11641 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
11643 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11647 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11649 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11651 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
11652 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
11655 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
11656 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11658 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11660 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
11661 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
11662 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
11663 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
11665 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
11666 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
11667 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11669 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
11671 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11672 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11676 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
11680 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
11682 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
11683 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11685 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11686 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11688 s
= build_string (file
);
11689 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11691 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11692 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
11696 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11697 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11700 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11701 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11702 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11704 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11705 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11706 So let's not use it until R6. */
11707 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11708 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11719 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11720 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11722 turn_on_atimers (false);
11723 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11724 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
11725 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11726 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11729 turn_on_atimers (true);
11731 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11732 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11737 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11738 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11739 unrequest_sigio (); // See comment in x_display_ok.
11740 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
11742 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11743 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11745 /* Detect failure. */
11752 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11754 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11755 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11758 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11760 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
11761 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
11762 SSDATA (display_name
)))
11765 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11768 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
11770 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11772 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11774 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
11775 list of terminals. */
11776 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
11777 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
11778 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
11779 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
11781 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
11782 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
11784 kset_system_key_alist
11786 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11787 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
11789 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
11790 terminal_list
= terminal
;
11794 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11795 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11796 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11797 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11798 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11800 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11803 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11804 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11805 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11807 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
11808 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11809 dpyinfo
->connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11811 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11812 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
11815 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11818 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
11819 Lisp_Object system_name
= Fsystem_name ();
11820 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (system_name
))
11821 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
11822 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
11823 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11824 + SBYTES (system_name
) + 2);
11825 char *nametail
= lispstpcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, Vinvocation_name
);
11827 lispstpcpy (nametail
, system_name
);
11829 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11830 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11832 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11834 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11835 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11836 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11838 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11839 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11841 dpyinfo
->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor
11842 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
11844 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11845 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11846 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11847 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11849 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11851 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11853 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11855 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11856 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11857 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11858 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11859 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11860 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11861 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11863 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
11865 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11866 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11868 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11869 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11870 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11871 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11872 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11873 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11876 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11877 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11879 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11881 AUTO_STRING (privateColormap
, "privateColormap");
11882 AUTO_STRING (PrivateColormap
, "PrivateColormap");
11884 = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, privateColormap
,
11885 PrivateColormap
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
11886 if (STRINGP (value
)
11887 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
11888 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
11889 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11893 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11894 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11898 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
11900 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
11901 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
11902 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
11903 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
11904 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
11906 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
11907 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
11908 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
11909 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
11910 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
11912 int event_base
, error_base
;
11916 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
11918 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
11919 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
11920 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
11924 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
11926 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11927 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11928 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11929 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11930 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11931 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11932 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11933 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11934 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11938 static const struct
11943 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
11944 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
11945 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
11946 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
11947 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
11948 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
11949 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
11950 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
11951 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
11952 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
11953 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
11954 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
11955 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
11956 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
11957 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
11958 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
11959 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
11960 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
11961 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
11962 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
11963 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
11964 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
11965 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
11966 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
11967 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
11968 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
11969 /* For properties of font. */
11970 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
11971 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
11972 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
11973 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
11974 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
11975 /* Ghostscript support. */
11976 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
11977 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
11978 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
11979 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
11980 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
11982 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
11983 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
11984 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
11985 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
11986 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
11987 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
11988 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
11989 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
11990 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
11991 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
11992 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
11993 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
11994 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
11995 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
11996 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
11997 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
11998 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
11999 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
12000 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
12001 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
12002 /* Session management */
12003 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
12004 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
12005 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
12009 enum { atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
) };
12010 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN. */
12011 enum { total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
};
12012 Atom atoms_return
[total_atom_count
];
12013 char *atom_names
[total_atom_count
];
12014 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
12015 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
12016 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
12018 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12019 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
12021 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name. */
12022 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
12023 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
12024 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
12026 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
12027 False
, atoms_return
);
12029 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12030 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
12032 /* Manually copy last atom. */
12033 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
12036 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
12037 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
12038 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
12040 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12041 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
12044 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
12047 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12050 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12052 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
12053 if (dpyinfo
->connection
!= 0)
12054 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12057 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
12058 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
12060 if (interrupt_input
)
12061 init_sigio (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12065 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
12068 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
12069 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
12070 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
12071 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
12072 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
12073 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
12074 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
12075 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12076 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
12078 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
12079 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
12080 /* Do not free XFontStruct returned by the above call to XQueryFont.
12081 This leads to X protocol errors at XtCloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12082 x_uncatch_errors ();
12086 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
12087 for debugging X code. */
12089 AUTO_STRING (synchronous
, "synchronous");
12090 AUTO_STRING (Synchronous
, "Synchronous");
12091 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, synchronous
,
12092 Synchronous
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12093 if (STRINGP (value
)
12094 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12095 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12096 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
12100 AUTO_STRING (useXIM
, "useXIM");
12101 AUTO_STRING (UseXIM
, "UseXIM");
12102 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, useXIM
, UseXIM
,
12105 if (STRINGP (value
)
12106 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
12107 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
12110 if (STRINGP (value
)
12111 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12112 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12118 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
12119 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
12120 tty or started as a daemon. */
12121 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && ! IS_DAEMON
)
12122 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12126 x_extension_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12134 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
12135 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
12138 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12140 struct terminal
*t
;
12142 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
12144 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
12145 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
12148 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
12149 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
12150 x_session_close ();
12152 delete_terminal (t
);
12156 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
12157 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12159 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
12160 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12163 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
12165 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
12166 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
12167 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
12170 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
12171 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
12172 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
12176 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12178 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
12179 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
12180 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
12181 that slows us down. */
12184 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
12187 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= false;
12188 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
12190 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
12191 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
12192 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
12193 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
12198 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
12199 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
12200 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
12201 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
12202 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
12203 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
12204 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
12207 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
12210 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
12212 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
12213 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
12214 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= true;
12219 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12222 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
12224 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
12226 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
12230 x_clear_end_of_line
,
12232 x_after_update_window_line
,
12233 x_update_window_begin
,
12234 x_update_window_end
,
12236 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
12237 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
12238 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
12239 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
12241 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap
,
12242 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap
,
12244 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
12245 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
12247 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
12248 x_draw_glyph_string
,
12249 x_define_frame_cursor
,
12250 x_clear_frame_area
,
12251 x_draw_window_cursor
,
12252 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
12253 x_draw_window_divider
,
12254 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
,
12260 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
12262 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
12264 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
12266 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
12267 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
12268 if (!terminal
->name
)
12273 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
12276 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
12279 /* Normally, the display is available... */
12280 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12282 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
12283 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
12285 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
12286 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
12287 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
12288 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
12290 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
12291 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
12292 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
12293 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
12294 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
12295 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
12296 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
12297 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
12298 leaks in other situations. */
12300 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12301 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
12303 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
12305 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
12306 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
12307 closing all the displays. */
12308 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
12312 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
12314 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12315 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12317 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12319 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
12320 /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed
12321 by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12322 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
12325 /* ...but if called from x_connection_closed, the display may already
12326 be closed and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. Since
12327 X server is most likely gone, explicit close is the only reliable
12328 way to continue and avoid Bug#19147. */
12329 else if (dpyinfo
->connection
>= 0)
12330 emacs_close (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12332 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
12333 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12334 /* Mark as dead. */
12335 dpyinfo
->connection
= -1;
12337 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12341 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
12342 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
12344 static struct terminal
*
12345 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12347 struct terminal
*terminal
;
12349 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
12351 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
12352 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
12354 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
12356 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
12357 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
12358 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
12359 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
12360 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
12361 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
12362 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
12363 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
12364 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
12365 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
12366 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
12367 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
12368 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
12369 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
12370 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
12371 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
12373 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
12374 terminal
->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar
;
12375 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
12376 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
12377 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
12378 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
12379 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
12380 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
12386 x_initialize (void)
12391 any_help_event_p
= false;
12392 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
12395 current_count
= -1;
12398 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
12399 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
12401 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12402 XtToolkitInitialize ();
12404 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
12406 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
12407 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
12408 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
12409 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
12410 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
12411 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
12412 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
12414 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
12417 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12419 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
12420 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
12425 x_cr_init_fringe (&x_redisplay_interface
);
12428 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12429 original error handler. */
12430 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
12431 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
12438 /* Emacs can handle only core input events, so make sure
12439 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
12440 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
12445 syms_of_xterm (void)
12447 x_error_message
= NULL
;
12449 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
12450 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
12453 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
12454 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
12456 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
12459 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
12460 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
12461 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
12462 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
12463 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
12464 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
12465 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
12467 x_use_underline_position_properties
= true;
12469 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
12470 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
12471 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
12472 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
12473 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
12474 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
12475 x_underline_at_descent_line
= false;
12477 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
12478 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
12479 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
12480 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
12481 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
12482 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
12483 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
12484 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
12485 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= false;
12487 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
12488 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
12489 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
12490 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
12491 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
12492 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
12493 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12495 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
12496 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
12497 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
12499 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
12501 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
12504 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
12507 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
12508 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
12509 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
12510 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
12511 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
12512 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
12513 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
12514 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
12515 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
12517 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
12518 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
12519 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12520 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
12521 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
12522 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
12524 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
12525 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
12526 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12527 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
12528 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
12529 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
12531 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
12532 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
12533 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12534 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
12535 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
12536 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
12538 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
12539 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
12540 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12541 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
12542 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
12543 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
12545 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
12546 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
12547 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
12548 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
12549 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
12552 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-frame-normalize-before-maximize",
12553 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
,
12554 doc
: /* Non-nil means normalize frame before maximizing.
12555 If this variable is t, Emacs first asks the window manager to give the
12556 frame its normal size, and only then the final state, whenever changing
12557 from a full-height, full-width or full-both state to the maximized one
12558 or when changing from the maximized to the full-height or full-width
12561 Set this variable only if your window manager cannot handle the
12562 transition between the various maximization states. */);
12563 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
= false;